1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/readline.h"
73 #include "readline/history.h"
75 /* readline defines this. */
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "extension.h"
81 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
82 enum exception_event_kind
89 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
91 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
93 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
97 static void disable_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_command (char *, int);
101 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
105 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
107 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
109 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
111 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
112 struct linespec_result
*,
116 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
117 struct linespec_result
*,
118 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
119 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
121 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
122 int, int, int, unsigned);
124 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
125 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
127 static void clear_command (char *, int);
129 static void catch_command (char *, int);
131 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
133 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
135 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
137 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
139 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
140 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
141 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
143 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
145 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
146 struct symtab_and_line
,
148 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
150 static struct breakpoint
*
151 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
156 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
158 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
162 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
163 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
164 struct obj_section
*, int);
166 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
167 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
169 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
170 struct address_space
*aspace
,
173 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
178 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
180 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
196 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
198 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
200 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
210 int *other_type_used
);
212 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
219 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
221 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
228 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
229 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
231 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
233 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
234 insert locations now. */
235 enum ugll_insert_mode
237 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
238 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
239 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
240 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
241 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
242 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
243 returns true on them.
245 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
246 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
247 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
248 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
249 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
250 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
254 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
255 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
258 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
259 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
260 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
261 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
262 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
263 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
264 as no thread is running yet. */
268 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
270 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
272 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
274 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
276 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
278 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
280 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
282 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
284 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
286 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
288 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
290 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
292 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
295 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
297 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
298 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
299 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
302 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
308 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
311 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
313 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
319 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
321 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
322 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
323 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
324 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
325 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
326 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
328 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
329 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
330 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
331 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
337 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
339 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
340 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
341 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
342 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
344 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
346 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
348 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
349 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
350 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
351 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
352 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
354 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
356 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
358 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
360 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
361 breakpoints share a single command list. */
362 struct counted_command_line
364 /* The reference count. */
367 /* The command list. */
368 struct command_line
*commands
;
371 struct command_line
*
372 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
374 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
377 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
378 current breakpoint. */
380 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
383 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
385 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
386 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
388 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
390 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
393 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
394 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
395 if such is available. */
396 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
399 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
400 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
403 fprintf_filtered (file
,
404 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
405 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
409 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
410 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
411 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
412 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
413 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
415 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
416 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
419 fprintf_filtered (file
,
420 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
421 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
426 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
427 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
428 use hardware breakpoints. */
429 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
431 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
432 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
435 fprintf_filtered (file
,
436 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
440 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
441 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
442 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
443 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
444 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
445 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
446 processing user input. */
447 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
450 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
451 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
453 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
457 /* See breakpoint.h. */
460 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
462 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
464 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
465 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
466 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
469 else if (target_has_execution
)
471 if (always_inserted_mode
)
473 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
478 if (threads_are_executing ())
484 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
486 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
487 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
488 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
489 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
490 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
491 condition_evaluation_auto
,
492 condition_evaluation_host
,
493 condition_evaluation_target
,
497 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
498 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
500 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
501 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
502 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
504 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
505 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
506 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
510 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
512 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
514 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
515 return condition_evaluation_target
;
517 return condition_evaluation_host
;
523 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
526 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
528 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
531 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
535 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
537 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
539 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
542 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
544 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
545 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
547 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
548 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
550 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
551 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
553 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
554 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
555 current breakpoint. */
557 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
559 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
561 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
564 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
565 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
566 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
568 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
569 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
570 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
573 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
574 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
575 to where the loop should start from.
576 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
577 appropriate location to start with. */
579 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
580 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
581 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
583 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
584 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
587 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
589 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
590 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
591 if (is_tracepoint (B))
593 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
595 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
597 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
599 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
601 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
603 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
605 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
606 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
607 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
608 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
609 an address you need to read. */
611 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
613 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
614 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
615 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
616 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
617 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
619 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
621 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
622 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
624 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
626 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
628 static int breakpoint_count
;
630 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
631 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
632 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
633 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
634 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
636 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
638 static int tracepoint_count
;
640 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
641 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
642 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
644 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
647 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
650 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
654 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
661 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
663 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
665 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
668 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
671 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
673 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
674 breakpoint_count
= num
;
675 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
678 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
679 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
680 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
682 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
686 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
688 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
691 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
695 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
697 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
700 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
703 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
705 struct breakpoint
*b
;
711 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
712 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
714 static struct counted_command_line
*
715 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
717 struct counted_command_line
*result
718 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
721 result
->commands
= commands
;
725 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
728 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
734 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
735 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
736 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
739 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
743 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
745 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
752 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
755 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
757 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
760 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
763 static struct cleanup
*
764 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
766 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
770 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
771 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
774 get_breakpoint (int num
)
776 struct breakpoint
*b
;
779 if (b
->number
== num
)
787 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
788 evaluating conditions on its side. */
791 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
793 struct bp_location
*loc
;
795 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
796 evaluating conditions and if the user has
797 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
799 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
800 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
803 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
806 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
807 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
810 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
811 evaluating conditions on its side. */
814 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
816 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
817 evaluating conditions and if the user has
818 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
820 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
821 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
825 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
828 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
831 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
832 condition_evaluation_mode. */
835 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
836 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
838 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
840 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
841 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
843 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
844 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
845 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
849 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
850 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
852 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
853 settings was "auto". */
854 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
856 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
857 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
859 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
860 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
861 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
863 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
864 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
867 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
869 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
871 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
872 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
876 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
877 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
878 target knows about. */
879 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
880 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
881 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
885 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
891 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
892 what "auto" is translating to. */
895 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
896 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
898 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
899 fprintf_filtered (file
,
900 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
901 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
903 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
905 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
909 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
910 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
911 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
914 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
916 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
917 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
919 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
922 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
925 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
926 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
927 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
930 static struct bp_location
**
931 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
933 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
934 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
935 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
937 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
938 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
939 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
941 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
942 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
943 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
944 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
946 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
947 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
950 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
951 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
952 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
953 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
960 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
963 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
964 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
966 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
968 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
975 struct bp_location
*loc
;
977 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
982 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
983 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
984 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
991 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
995 const char *arg
= exp
;
997 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
998 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
999 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1000 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1002 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1004 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1006 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1008 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1010 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1011 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1015 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1017 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1021 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1022 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1024 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1028 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1030 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1033 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1035 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1036 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1037 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1041 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1042 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1046 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1047 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1051 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1052 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1054 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1057 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1058 len
= strlen (text
);
1064 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1066 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1067 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1073 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1074 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1075 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1078 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1081 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1083 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1088 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1091 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1093 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1096 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1098 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1099 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1100 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1101 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1102 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1104 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1106 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1107 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1108 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1110 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1112 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1113 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1118 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1121 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1122 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1123 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1126 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1128 struct command_line
*c
;
1130 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1134 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1136 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1138 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1139 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1141 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1142 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1143 command directly. */
1144 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1145 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1147 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1148 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1152 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1155 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1157 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1158 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1159 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1163 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1165 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1168 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1169 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1174 struct command_line
*commands
)
1176 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1178 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1179 struct command_line
*c
;
1180 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1182 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1183 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1187 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1188 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1189 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1190 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1191 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1192 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1193 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1194 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1195 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1196 tracepoint's context. */
1197 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1199 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1201 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1202 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1203 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1204 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1205 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1206 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1209 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1210 "can be used only once"));
1215 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1219 struct command_line
*c2
;
1221 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1222 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1223 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1225 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1226 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1232 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1236 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1237 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1240 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1242 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1243 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1244 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1247 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1249 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1250 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1251 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1257 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1258 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1261 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1262 struct command_line
*commands
)
1264 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1266 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1267 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1268 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1271 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1272 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1276 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1278 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1281 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1282 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1285 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1286 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1289 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1291 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1294 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1295 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1298 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1299 breakpoint work for any task. */
1302 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1304 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1307 if (old_task
!= task
)
1308 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1312 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1314 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1316 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1319 /* A structure used to pass information through
1320 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1322 struct commands_info
1324 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1327 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1330 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1331 already-parsed command. */
1332 struct command_line
*control
;
1334 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1336 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1339 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1340 commands_command. */
1343 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1345 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1347 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1349 struct command_line
*l
;
1351 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1352 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1355 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1358 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1359 "%s, one per line."),
1362 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1364 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1367 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1370 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1373 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1376 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1378 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1380 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1381 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1382 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1383 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1384 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1389 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1390 struct command_line
*control
)
1392 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1393 struct commands_info info
;
1395 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1396 info
.control
= control
;
1398 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1399 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1400 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1402 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1404 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1405 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1407 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1408 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1411 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1412 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1413 numbers will fail in this case. */
1418 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1420 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1423 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1427 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1429 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1430 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1432 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1436 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1438 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1441 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1442 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1444 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1445 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1446 enum command_control_type
1447 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1449 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1450 return simple_control
;
1453 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1456 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1458 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1462 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1463 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1468 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1469 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1472 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1473 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1474 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1477 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1478 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1479 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1480 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1481 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1483 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1484 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1488 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1489 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1491 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1495 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1497 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1498 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1500 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1502 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1507 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1509 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1514 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1515 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1517 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1518 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1519 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1523 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1525 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1526 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1529 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1531 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1532 shadow_contents buffer. */
1533 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1534 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1535 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1537 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1539 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1540 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1544 const unsigned char *bp
;
1545 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1548 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1549 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1550 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1552 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1554 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1556 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1557 breakpoint's INSN. */
1558 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1562 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1563 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1565 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1566 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1567 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1569 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1570 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1571 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1572 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1573 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1574 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1575 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1576 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1578 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1581 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1582 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1583 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1585 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1587 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1590 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1591 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1592 report higher one. */
1595 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1596 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1598 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1600 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1601 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1603 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1604 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1605 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1606 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1608 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1609 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1610 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1612 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1614 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1621 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1622 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1623 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1624 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1625 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1628 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1630 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1631 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1632 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1635 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1638 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1640 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1642 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1643 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1647 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1648 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1649 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1652 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1655 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1656 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1657 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1660 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1663 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1664 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1670 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1674 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1676 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1677 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1678 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1684 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1686 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1687 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1688 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1691 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1695 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1697 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1698 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1701 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1702 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1703 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1704 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1705 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1706 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1707 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1708 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1711 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1713 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1714 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1715 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1716 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1719 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1720 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1723 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1725 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1727 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1729 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1730 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1731 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1732 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1733 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1735 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1738 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1741 static struct value
*
1742 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1744 struct value
*bit_val
;
1749 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1751 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1754 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1761 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1762 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1763 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1764 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1766 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1768 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1769 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1772 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1773 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1774 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1775 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1776 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1777 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1778 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1779 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1781 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1782 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1783 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1784 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1785 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1786 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1787 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1788 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1791 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1792 hardware watchpoints:
1794 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1795 called several times when GDB stops.
1798 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1799 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1800 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1801 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1802 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1803 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1804 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1805 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1806 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1807 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1808 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1810 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1811 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1814 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1816 int within_current_scope
;
1817 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1820 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1821 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1822 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1823 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1826 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1831 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1832 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1833 within_current_scope
= 1;
1836 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1837 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1838 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1840 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1841 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1842 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1843 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1844 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1847 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1848 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1849 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1850 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1853 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1855 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1856 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1857 if (within_current_scope
)
1861 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1862 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1863 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1866 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1875 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1876 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1877 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1878 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1879 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1880 be completely different objects. */
1881 value_free (b
->val
);
1885 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1886 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1887 locations (re)created below. */
1888 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1890 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1892 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1896 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1897 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1901 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1902 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1903 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1904 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1905 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1906 if (!target_has_execution
)
1908 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1909 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1910 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1911 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1913 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1914 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1916 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1917 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1920 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1923 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1924 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1926 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1928 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1929 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1930 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1931 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1932 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1934 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1936 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1938 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1946 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1948 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1949 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1951 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1952 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1953 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1954 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1955 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1956 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1957 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1959 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1961 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1962 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1963 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1965 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1966 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1970 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1971 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1973 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1975 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1977 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1978 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1980 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1982 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1983 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1984 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1985 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1986 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1989 addr
= value_address (v
);
1992 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1997 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1999 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2002 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2003 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2006 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2008 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2009 loc
->address
= addr
;
2013 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2014 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2017 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2019 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2024 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2025 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2026 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2031 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2032 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2034 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2038 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2041 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2042 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2043 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2045 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2046 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2047 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2048 this watchpoint in as well. */
2050 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2051 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2052 hardware watchpoint type. */
2053 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2054 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2055 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2057 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2058 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2059 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2060 through watch_command), so always account for it
2063 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2064 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2066 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2067 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2070 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2071 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2073 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2075 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2076 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2077 "hardware watchpoint."));
2078 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2079 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2080 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2082 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2083 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2087 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2088 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2089 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2091 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2094 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2096 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2097 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2098 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2100 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2101 "read/access watchpoint."));
2104 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2106 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2107 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2108 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2109 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2112 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2114 next
= value_next (v
);
2119 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2120 above left it without any location set up. But,
2121 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2122 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2123 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2125 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2126 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2127 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2128 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2129 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2130 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2133 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2135 printf_filtered (_("\
2136 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2137 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2139 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2142 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2144 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2148 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2149 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2150 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2151 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2152 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2154 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2156 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2159 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2162 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2165 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2168 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2169 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2170 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2171 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2172 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2173 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2174 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2175 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2176 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2179 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2181 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2182 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2183 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2188 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2189 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2190 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2191 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2196 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2197 instruction that triggered one. */
2198 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2199 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2203 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2204 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2205 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2206 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2215 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2216 that the location is not duplicated. */
2219 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2222 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2225 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2226 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2230 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2231 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2232 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2233 any error during parsing. */
2235 static struct agent_expr
*
2236 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2238 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2243 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2244 that may show up. */
2247 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2250 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2252 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2253 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2254 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2259 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2263 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2264 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2265 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2266 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2267 one of them is true. */
2270 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2272 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2273 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2274 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2275 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2277 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2278 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2280 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2281 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2282 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2284 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2285 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2288 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2289 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2290 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2291 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2292 response back to GDB. */
2293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2296 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2300 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2302 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2303 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2304 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2305 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2306 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2307 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2309 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2310 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2316 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2317 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2318 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2320 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2326 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2327 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2328 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2330 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2331 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2332 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2334 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2337 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2339 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2341 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2344 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2345 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2350 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2351 for this location's address. */
2352 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2356 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2357 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2358 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2360 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2361 conditions to the target. */
2362 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2363 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2369 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2370 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2371 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2373 static struct agent_expr
*
2374 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2376 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2377 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2378 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2379 const char *cmdrest
;
2380 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2381 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2383 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2390 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2392 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2394 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2395 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2397 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2399 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2401 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2403 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2405 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2406 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2408 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2410 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2411 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2413 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2415 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2417 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2419 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2420 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2423 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2428 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2429 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2431 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2435 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2436 that may show up. */
2439 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2440 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2441 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2443 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2445 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2446 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2447 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2452 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2454 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2458 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2459 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2460 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2463 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2465 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2466 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2467 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2468 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2470 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2471 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2473 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2476 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2477 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2480 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2481 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2482 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2484 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2487 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2488 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2489 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2493 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2494 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2495 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2496 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2497 response back to GDB. */
2498 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2501 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2505 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2507 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2508 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2509 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2510 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2511 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2512 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2513 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2519 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2520 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2521 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2523 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2529 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2531 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2533 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2536 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2537 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2539 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2541 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2544 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2545 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2550 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2551 for this location's address. */
2552 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2555 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2556 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2557 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2558 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2560 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2561 to send the commands to the target. */
2562 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2566 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2567 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2568 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2569 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2572 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2573 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2574 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2575 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2578 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2579 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2581 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2582 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2583 int *disabled_breaks
,
2584 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2585 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2587 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2588 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2590 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2593 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2594 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2595 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2596 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2597 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2598 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2599 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2600 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2601 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2602 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2603 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2604 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2606 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2607 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2608 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2609 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2611 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2613 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2614 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2615 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2616 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2619 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2620 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2622 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2624 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2625 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2626 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2628 Two important cases are:
2629 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2630 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2631 hardware breakpoint.
2632 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2633 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2634 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2637 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2638 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2639 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2640 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2642 struct mem_region
*mr
2643 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2647 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2649 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2651 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2652 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2654 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2656 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2658 static int said
= 0;
2660 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2663 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2664 _("Note: automatically using "
2665 "hardware breakpoints for "
2666 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2671 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2672 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2674 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2675 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2676 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2677 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2679 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2685 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2686 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2687 || bl
->section
== NULL
2688 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2690 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2695 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2697 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2699 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2702 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2708 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2709 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2710 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2712 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2713 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2714 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2715 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2716 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2720 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2722 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2723 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2724 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2726 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2731 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2732 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2734 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2736 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2739 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2743 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2744 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2745 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2746 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2750 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2751 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2753 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2758 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2760 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2762 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2765 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2771 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2772 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2777 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2779 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2781 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2782 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2783 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2784 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2785 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2786 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2787 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2788 errors as memory errors. */
2789 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2790 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2791 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2792 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2795 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2796 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2797 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2798 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2800 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2801 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2803 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2804 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2805 "library breakpoints:\n");
2807 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2808 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2809 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2814 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2816 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2817 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2818 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2819 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2820 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2821 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2822 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2826 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2829 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2830 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2831 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2834 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2836 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2837 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2841 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2842 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2857 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2858 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2859 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2860 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2864 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2865 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2867 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2869 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2870 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2871 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2873 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2875 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2876 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2878 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2880 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2881 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2885 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2886 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2893 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2894 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2897 /* Back to the original value. */
2898 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2902 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2905 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2909 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2910 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2912 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2915 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2919 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2920 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2922 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2925 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2927 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2928 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2929 so just return success. */
2936 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2937 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2941 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2943 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2944 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2946 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2949 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2950 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2953 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2954 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2955 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2957 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2959 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2961 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2962 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2963 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2965 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2966 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2968 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2974 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2975 removed locations above. */
2976 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2979 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2980 Throws exception on any error.
2981 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2982 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2984 insert_breakpoints (void)
2986 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2989 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2991 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2993 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2996 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2997 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2998 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2999 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3002 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3005 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3007 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3009 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3011 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3015 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3016 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3017 always-inserted mode. */
3020 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3022 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3025 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3026 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3027 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3029 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3030 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3032 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3033 there was an error. */
3034 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3036 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3038 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3040 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3042 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3045 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3046 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3047 deletion of breakpoints. */
3048 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3051 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3053 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3054 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3055 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3056 insert breakpoints. */
3057 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3058 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3061 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3062 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3069 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3070 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3073 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3076 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3079 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3081 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3082 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3085 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3086 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3087 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3089 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3090 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3092 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3093 there was an error. */
3094 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3096 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3098 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3100 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3103 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3104 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3105 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3106 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3107 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3110 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3112 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3113 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3114 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3115 insert breakpoints. */
3116 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3117 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3120 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3121 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3126 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3127 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3128 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3130 int some_failed
= 0;
3131 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3133 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3136 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3139 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3142 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3143 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3150 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3152 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3154 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3155 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3156 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3164 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3165 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3166 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3168 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3169 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3170 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3172 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3173 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3176 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3179 /* Used when the program stops.
3180 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3181 removing a breakpoint location. */
3184 remove_breakpoints (void)
3186 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3189 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3191 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3192 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3197 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3201 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3203 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3205 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3207 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3209 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3211 printf_filtered (_("\
3212 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3213 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3215 /* Hide it from the user. */
3221 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3224 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3226 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3228 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3230 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3232 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3235 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3237 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3246 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3248 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3249 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3251 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3252 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3253 struct inferior
*inf
;
3254 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3256 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3260 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3261 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3263 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3265 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3266 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3268 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3270 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3276 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3279 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3284 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3288 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3290 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3291 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3292 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3293 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3294 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3295 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3297 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3300 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3303 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3304 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3308 static struct breakpoint
*
3309 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3310 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3311 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3313 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3314 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3316 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3319 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3320 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3322 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3323 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3324 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3329 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3331 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3333 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3335 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3338 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3339 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3341 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3342 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3344 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3345 int longjmp_searched
;
3347 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3348 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3350 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3351 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3353 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3354 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3356 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3357 int exception_searched
;
3359 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3360 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3363 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3365 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3366 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3368 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3371 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3373 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3376 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3377 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3379 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3380 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3382 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3384 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3385 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3387 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3388 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3390 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3391 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3393 return bp_objfile_data
;
3397 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3399 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3401 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3402 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3406 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3408 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3409 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3411 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3413 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3414 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3417 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3419 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3422 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3424 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3426 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3427 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3429 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3430 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3433 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3436 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3437 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3439 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3440 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3442 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3444 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3445 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3449 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3450 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3453 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3457 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3459 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3460 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3462 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3464 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3466 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3468 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3470 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3473 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3474 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3476 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3478 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3480 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3484 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3487 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3488 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3490 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3492 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3493 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3494 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3498 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3499 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3502 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3505 struct probe
*probe
;
3506 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3509 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3510 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3514 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3516 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3517 get_probe_address (probe
,
3520 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3521 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3522 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3528 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3531 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3533 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3534 const char *func_name
;
3537 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3540 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3541 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3543 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3545 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3546 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3548 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3549 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3552 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3555 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3556 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3557 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3558 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3559 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3563 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3565 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3568 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3570 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3572 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3573 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3574 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3576 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3578 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3580 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3583 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3585 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3587 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3588 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3590 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3592 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3595 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3597 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3599 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3600 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3601 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3603 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3604 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3607 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3610 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3611 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3612 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3613 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3614 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3615 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3619 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3621 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3624 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3627 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3629 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3630 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3632 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3634 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3635 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3636 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3639 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3641 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3642 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3646 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3650 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3651 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3653 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3655 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3656 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3657 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3661 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3662 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3665 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3667 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3669 struct probe
*probe
;
3672 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3673 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3677 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3679 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3680 get_probe_address (probe
,
3682 bp_exception_master
,
3683 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3684 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3685 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3691 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3693 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3696 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3698 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3700 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3702 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3703 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3705 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3709 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3712 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3713 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3715 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3716 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3717 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3718 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3721 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3725 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3727 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3728 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3730 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3731 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3732 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3733 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3734 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3735 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3736 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3737 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3739 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3740 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3742 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3744 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3747 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3748 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3750 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3754 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3755 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3757 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3761 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3762 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3763 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3764 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3765 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3767 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3771 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3772 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3774 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3778 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3779 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3781 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3785 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3787 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3788 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3789 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3791 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3795 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3797 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3798 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3799 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3800 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3804 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3805 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3806 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3807 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3808 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3809 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3811 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3812 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3813 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3814 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3815 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3816 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3817 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3819 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3820 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3821 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3822 let finish_command delete it.
3824 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3825 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3826 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3827 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3828 solib breakpoints.) */
3830 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3835 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3836 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3838 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3840 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3847 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3849 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3851 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3852 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3854 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3855 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3857 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3858 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3859 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3861 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3864 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3865 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3866 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3867 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3868 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3869 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3870 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3874 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3877 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3881 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3882 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3883 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3884 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3885 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3888 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3892 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3893 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3896 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3899 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3900 This should not ever happen. */
3901 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3903 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3904 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3906 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3907 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3908 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3910 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3911 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3912 || bl
->section
== NULL
3913 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3915 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3917 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3918 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3919 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3920 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3921 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3922 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3923 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3924 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3925 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3926 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3927 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3928 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3929 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3930 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3931 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3932 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3933 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3934 they should always be removed. */
3935 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3936 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3937 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3940 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3944 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3945 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3946 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3948 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3949 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3951 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3952 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3953 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3954 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3955 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3957 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3958 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3960 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3961 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3964 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3965 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3966 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3967 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3969 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3970 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3971 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3972 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3973 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3974 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3980 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3985 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3986 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3987 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3988 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3989 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3990 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3991 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3992 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3993 always-inserted mode. */
3995 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3996 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3997 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3998 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4004 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4006 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4008 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4009 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4011 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4012 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4014 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4015 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4016 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4019 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4020 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4023 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4024 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4026 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4030 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4037 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4040 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4042 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4043 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4046 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4049 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4050 This should not ever happen. */
4051 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4053 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4055 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4057 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4059 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4063 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4066 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4068 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4070 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4071 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
4076 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4077 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4079 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4082 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4083 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4084 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4089 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4091 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4092 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4094 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4096 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4098 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4101 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4103 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4105 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4111 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4113 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4114 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4117 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4119 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4121 case bp_shlib_event
:
4123 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4124 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4125 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4126 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4127 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4129 (gdb) file prog-linux
4130 (gdb) run # native linux target
4133 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4134 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4137 case bp_step_resume
:
4139 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4141 case bp_single_step
:
4143 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4145 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4149 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4150 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4151 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4153 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4155 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4156 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4157 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4158 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4160 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4161 insert_breakpoints. */
4163 value_free (w
->val
);
4174 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4175 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4176 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4177 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4180 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4181 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4182 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4183 match, not program space. */
4185 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4186 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4187 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4188 permanent breakpoint.
4189 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4190 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4191 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4192 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4193 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4195 enum breakpoint_here
4196 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4198 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4199 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4201 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4203 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4204 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4207 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4208 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4210 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4212 if (overlay_debugging
4213 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4214 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4215 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4216 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4217 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4219 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4223 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4226 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4229 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4231 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4234 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4235 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4241 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4245 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4246 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4249 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4252 if (overlay_debugging
4253 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4254 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4255 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4262 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4265 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4267 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4268 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4270 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4272 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4274 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4275 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4278 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4284 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4288 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4291 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4292 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4294 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4296 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4298 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4301 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4308 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4311 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4314 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4315 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4317 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4319 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4321 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4324 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4332 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4333 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4335 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4337 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4339 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4341 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4342 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4345 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4348 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4349 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4353 /* Check for intersection. */
4354 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4355 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4364 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4368 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4370 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4373 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4377 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4379 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4380 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4381 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4382 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4386 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4387 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4390 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4407 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4408 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4411 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4415 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4420 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4422 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4423 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4424 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4425 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4426 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4428 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4429 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4433 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4443 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4446 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4451 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4453 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4459 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4462 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4464 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4466 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4468 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4470 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4475 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4484 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4485 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4486 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4487 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4489 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4490 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4492 Return 1 otherwise. */
4495 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4497 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4500 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4502 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4503 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4504 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4505 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4506 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4508 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4510 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4514 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4517 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4519 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4522 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4525 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4529 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4531 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4533 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4535 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4541 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4544 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4546 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4548 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4550 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4551 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4552 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4553 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4554 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4558 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4561 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4564 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4566 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4569 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4570 or its equivalent. */
4573 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4575 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4578 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4579 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4580 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4581 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4583 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4584 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4585 bpstat of the current thread. */
4588 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4591 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4594 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4596 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4599 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4600 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4602 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4604 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4607 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4608 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4610 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4611 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4612 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4614 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4616 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4617 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4618 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4619 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4620 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4621 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4622 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4623 the tree when we're done. */
4624 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4625 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4626 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4627 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4628 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4630 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4636 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4638 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4644 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4645 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4647 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4649 if (interpreter_async
&& target_can_async_p ())
4650 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4651 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4652 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4655 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4656 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4657 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4658 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4659 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4660 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4661 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4662 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4663 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4664 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4665 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4666 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4667 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4672 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4677 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4679 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4681 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4682 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4683 && target_has_execution
4684 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4685 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4686 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4687 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4688 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4689 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4690 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4693 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4696 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4699 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4702 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4705 struct value_print_options opts
;
4706 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4707 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4711 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4712 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4713 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4714 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4717 static enum print_stop_action
4718 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4720 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4723 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4724 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4728 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4729 relevant messages. */
4730 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4733 case print_it_normal
:
4735 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4737 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4738 which has since been deleted. */
4740 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4742 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4743 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4748 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4749 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4754 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4757 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4760 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4762 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4766 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4767 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4768 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4770 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4771 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4772 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4775 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4776 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4777 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4781 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4785 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4786 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4789 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4794 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4795 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4796 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4799 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4804 struct so_list
*iter
;
4806 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4808 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4809 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4812 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4817 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4818 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4819 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4822 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4826 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4827 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4828 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4829 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4830 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4831 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4832 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4835 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4836 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4837 code to print the location. An example is
4838 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4840 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4841 to also print the location part of the message.
4842 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4843 don't require a location appended to the end.
4844 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4845 further info to be printed. */
4847 enum print_stop_action
4848 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4852 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4853 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4854 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4855 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4856 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4858 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4859 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4860 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4861 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4865 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4866 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4867 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4868 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4870 print_solib_event (0);
4871 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4874 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4875 with and nothing was printed. */
4876 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4879 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4880 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4881 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4882 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4883 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4884 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4887 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4889 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4890 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4892 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4896 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4899 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4903 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4905 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4906 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4907 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4908 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4909 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4910 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4911 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4913 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4917 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4918 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4921 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4923 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4925 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4927 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4929 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4930 as not triggered. */
4932 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4934 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4936 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4942 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4944 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4945 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4947 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4949 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4951 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4957 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4958 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4962 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4964 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4965 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4967 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4968 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4970 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4972 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4973 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4975 if (newaddr
== start
)
4977 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4981 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4982 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4986 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4995 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4996 because of check_errors). */
4997 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4998 #define WP_DELETED 1
4999 /* The value has changed. */
5000 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5001 /* The value has not changed. */
5002 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5003 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5006 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5007 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5009 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5012 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5013 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5016 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5018 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5019 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5020 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5021 int within_current_scope
;
5023 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5024 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5025 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5027 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5028 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5029 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5030 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5033 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5034 within_current_scope
= 1;
5037 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5038 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5039 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5041 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5042 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5043 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5044 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5045 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5046 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5047 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5048 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5049 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5050 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5053 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5054 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5056 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5057 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5058 if (within_current_scope
)
5060 struct symbol
*function
;
5062 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5063 if (function
== NULL
5064 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5065 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5066 within_current_scope
= 0;
5069 if (within_current_scope
)
5070 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5071 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5076 if (within_current_scope
)
5078 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5079 time before we return to the command level and call
5080 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5081 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5085 struct value
*new_val
;
5087 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5088 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5089 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5090 a mask watchpoint. */
5091 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5093 mark
= value_mark ();
5094 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5096 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5097 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5099 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5100 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5101 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5102 not what we want. */
5103 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5104 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5106 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5108 release_value (new_val
);
5109 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5111 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5114 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5118 /* Nothing changed. */
5119 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5120 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5125 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5127 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5128 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5129 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5130 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5131 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5132 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5133 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5134 the first value assigned). */
5135 /* We print all the stop information in
5136 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5137 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5138 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5140 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5142 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5143 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5144 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5146 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5147 which its expression is valid.\n");
5149 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5150 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5151 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5157 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5158 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5159 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5162 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5163 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5164 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5166 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5168 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5169 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5171 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5174 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5175 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5178 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5180 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5181 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5183 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5184 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5185 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5186 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5187 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5190 int must_check_value
= 0;
5192 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5193 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5195 must_check_value
= 1;
5196 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5197 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5198 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5200 must_check_value
= 1;
5201 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5202 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5203 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5204 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5205 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5206 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5207 must_check_value
= 1;
5209 if (must_check_value
)
5212 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5214 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5215 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5217 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5221 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5222 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5226 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5229 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5230 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5232 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5234 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5235 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5236 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5237 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5238 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5239 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5240 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5243 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5244 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5247 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5248 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5249 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5250 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5252 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5253 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5254 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5257 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5258 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5259 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5260 changes. This still gives false positives when
5261 the program writes the same value to memory as
5262 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5263 it for a read), but it's much better than
5266 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5268 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5270 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5272 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5273 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5274 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5276 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5277 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5279 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5280 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5282 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5288 if (other_write_watchpoint
5289 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5291 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5292 and the value changed since the last time we
5293 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5295 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5300 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5301 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5302 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5304 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5305 the value hasn't changed. */
5306 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5314 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5315 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5316 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5317 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5318 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5322 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5324 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5325 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5326 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5327 anything for this watchpoint. */
5328 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5334 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5335 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5336 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5337 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5340 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5342 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5343 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5344 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5345 struct expression
*cond
;
5347 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5349 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5350 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5351 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5352 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5353 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5355 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5356 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5357 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5359 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5360 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5366 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5367 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5369 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5370 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5377 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5379 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5381 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5383 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5390 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5392 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5393 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5395 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5396 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5397 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5398 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5400 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5402 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5403 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5407 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5408 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5409 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5410 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5411 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5413 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5414 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5417 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5419 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5420 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5421 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5422 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5423 really matter which instantiation of the function
5424 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5425 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5426 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5427 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5428 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5429 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5430 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5431 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5433 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5435 select_frame (frame
);
5437 within_current_scope
= 0;
5439 if (within_current_scope
)
5441 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5442 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5446 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5447 "in the current scope"));
5448 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5449 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5452 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5453 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5456 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5460 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5464 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5466 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5470 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5471 on the current target. */
5474 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5476 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5477 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5478 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5479 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5483 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5484 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5486 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5487 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5490 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5492 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5494 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5495 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5496 several reasons concurrently.)
5498 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5499 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5502 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5503 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5504 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5506 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5507 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5508 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5509 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5510 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5511 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5514 int need_remove_insert
;
5517 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5518 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5519 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5520 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5521 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5522 inferior function calls. */
5526 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5529 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5531 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5532 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5533 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5534 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5535 checked all locations already. */
5536 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5539 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5542 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5545 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5548 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5551 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5552 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5553 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5557 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5558 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5559 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5561 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5563 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5565 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5570 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5571 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5572 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5574 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5576 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5577 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5579 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5580 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5583 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5588 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5589 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5590 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5592 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5594 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5596 handle_solib_event ();
5601 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5602 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5603 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5607 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5612 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5613 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5616 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5621 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5623 /* We will stop here. */
5624 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5626 --(b
->enable_count
);
5627 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5628 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5633 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5634 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5635 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5636 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5639 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5644 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5646 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5647 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5650 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5651 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5652 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5654 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5655 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5656 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5658 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5659 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5661 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5663 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5664 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5667 if (need_remove_insert
)
5668 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5669 else if (removed_any
)
5670 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5676 handle_jit_event (void)
5678 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5679 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5681 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5682 breakpoint_re_set. */
5683 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5685 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5686 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5688 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5690 target_terminal_inferior ();
5693 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5695 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5698 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5700 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5704 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5705 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5706 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5708 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5710 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5711 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5712 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5715 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5717 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5718 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5722 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5729 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5730 case bp_single_step
:
5733 case bp_shlib_event
:
5737 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5739 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5742 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5745 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5746 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5747 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5751 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5753 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5757 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5758 This requires no further action. */
5762 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5764 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5765 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5767 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5768 case bp_exception_resume
:
5769 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5770 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5772 case bp_step_resume
:
5774 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5777 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5778 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5781 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5783 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5786 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5787 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5790 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5791 case bp_thread_event
:
5792 case bp_overlay_event
:
5793 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5794 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5795 case bp_exception_master
:
5796 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5802 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5804 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5808 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5809 This requires no further action. */
5814 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5817 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5818 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5819 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5820 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5822 case bp_std_terminate
:
5823 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5824 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5825 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5826 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5829 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5830 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5831 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5832 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5834 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5835 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5837 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5838 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5839 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5841 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5842 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5843 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5844 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5849 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5851 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5855 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5856 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5859 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5862 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5863 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5868 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5870 handle_jit_event ();
5873 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5875 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5881 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5882 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5884 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5885 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5893 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5894 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5895 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5898 bpstat_should_step (void)
5900 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5903 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5909 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5911 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5920 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5921 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5922 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5925 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5927 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5928 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5932 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5934 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5936 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5937 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5938 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5943 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5949 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5950 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5952 "host": Host evals condition.
5953 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5954 "target": Target evals condition.
5958 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5960 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5961 char host_evals
= 0;
5962 char target_evals
= 0;
5967 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5970 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5971 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5972 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5974 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5976 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5982 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5983 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5984 else if (target_evals
)
5985 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5987 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5990 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5991 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5994 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5996 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5999 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6000 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6001 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6003 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6004 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6006 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6009 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6012 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6013 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6015 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6016 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6018 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6022 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6024 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6025 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
6026 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6029 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6032 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6033 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6034 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6035 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6036 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6037 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6039 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6040 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6041 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6043 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6044 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6045 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6047 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6051 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6052 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6054 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6056 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6058 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6061 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
6063 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6064 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6065 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6067 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6068 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6069 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6070 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6073 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6077 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6079 struct ep_type_description
6084 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6086 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6087 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6088 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6089 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6090 {bp_until
, "until"},
6091 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6092 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6093 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6094 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6095 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6096 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6097 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6098 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6099 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6100 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6101 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6102 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6103 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6104 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6105 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6106 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6107 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6108 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6109 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6110 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6111 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6112 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6113 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6114 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6115 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6116 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6117 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6118 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6119 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6122 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6123 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6124 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6125 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6128 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6131 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6132 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6135 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6136 const char *field_name
,
6140 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6141 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6145 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6146 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6147 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6150 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6152 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6158 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6159 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6164 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6166 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6168 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6172 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6175 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6178 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6179 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6181 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6184 struct command_line
*l
;
6185 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6187 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6188 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6189 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6190 struct value_print_options opts
;
6192 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6194 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6195 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6196 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6199 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6200 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6208 if (part_of_multiple
)
6211 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6212 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6217 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6222 if (part_of_multiple
)
6223 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6225 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6229 if (part_of_multiple
)
6230 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6232 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6237 if (part_of_multiple
)
6238 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6240 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6241 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6242 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6246 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6248 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6249 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6250 make sure there's just one location. */
6251 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6252 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6258 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6259 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6263 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6264 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6265 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6267 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6269 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6270 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6271 is relatively readable). */
6272 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6273 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6275 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6280 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6281 case bp_single_step
:
6285 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6286 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6288 case bp_exception_resume
:
6289 case bp_step_resume
:
6290 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6291 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6293 case bp_std_terminate
:
6294 case bp_shlib_event
:
6295 case bp_thread_event
:
6296 case bp_overlay_event
:
6297 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6298 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6299 case bp_exception_master
:
6301 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6302 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6305 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6306 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6307 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6310 if (header_of_multiple
)
6311 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6312 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6313 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6315 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6316 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6319 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6320 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6327 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6329 struct inferior
*inf
;
6330 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6335 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6336 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6339 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6340 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6342 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6343 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6344 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6345 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6346 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6347 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6349 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6350 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6353 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6355 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6357 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6358 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6359 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6360 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6362 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6364 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6365 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6369 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6371 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6372 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6374 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6377 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6378 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6380 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6381 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6382 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6385 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6388 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6389 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6391 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6392 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6394 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6395 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6396 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6397 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6398 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6400 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6401 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6402 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6403 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6405 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6408 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6410 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6411 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6412 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6413 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6416 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6420 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6421 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6422 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6423 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6424 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6426 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6427 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6428 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6429 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6430 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6432 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6436 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6437 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6438 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6442 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6445 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6446 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6447 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6450 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6451 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6452 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6453 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6456 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6457 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6458 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6459 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6460 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6462 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6463 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6464 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6467 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6469 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6471 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6473 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6474 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6475 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6479 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6480 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6482 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6485 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6486 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6487 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6490 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6492 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6494 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6496 annotate_field (10);
6497 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6498 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6499 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6502 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6504 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6506 annotate_field (11);
6508 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6509 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6510 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6514 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6516 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6517 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6522 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6524 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6526 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6528 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6530 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6531 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6536 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6537 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6540 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6541 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6543 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6545 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6546 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6548 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6549 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6550 locations, if any. */
6551 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6553 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6554 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6555 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6558 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6559 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6561 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6562 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6564 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6567 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6569 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6570 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6571 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6572 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6579 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6581 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6582 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6584 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6588 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6589 an address to print. */
6590 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6593 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6594 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6595 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6598 return print_address_bits
;
6601 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6607 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6609 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6610 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6611 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6615 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6617 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6625 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6626 char **error_message
)
6628 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6631 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6633 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6634 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6640 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6641 internal or momentary. */
6644 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6646 return b
->number
> 0;
6649 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6650 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6651 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6652 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6653 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6654 breakpoints listed. */
6657 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6658 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6660 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6661 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6662 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6663 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6664 struct value_print_options opts
;
6665 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6666 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6667 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6669 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6671 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6672 required for address fields. */
6673 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6676 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6677 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6680 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6681 accept. Skip the others. */
6682 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6684 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6686 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6690 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6692 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6694 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6695 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6696 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6698 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6699 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6700 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6702 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6706 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6708 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6709 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6713 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6714 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6717 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6718 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6719 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6721 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6722 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6724 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6725 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6726 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6728 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6729 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6731 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6732 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6734 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6736 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6737 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6738 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6740 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6741 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6743 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6745 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6746 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6747 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6748 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6753 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6754 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6757 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6758 accept. Skip the others. */
6760 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6762 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6764 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6767 else /* all others */
6769 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6773 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6775 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6776 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6779 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6781 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6783 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6787 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6788 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6790 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6791 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6797 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6798 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6801 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6802 there have been breakpoints? */
6803 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6805 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6808 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6809 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6812 default_collect_info (void)
6814 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6816 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6817 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6819 if (!*default_collect
)
6822 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6824 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6825 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6826 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6830 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6832 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6834 default_collect_info ();
6838 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6840 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6841 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6843 if (num_printed
== 0)
6845 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6846 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6848 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6853 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6855 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6857 default_collect_info ();
6861 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6862 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6863 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6865 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6867 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6869 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6870 && bl
->address
== pc
6871 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6877 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6878 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6882 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6883 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6884 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6887 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6890 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6891 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6895 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6896 else /* if (others == ???) */
6897 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6899 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6902 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6903 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6904 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6905 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6906 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6907 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6908 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6909 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6913 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6915 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6916 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6917 printf_filtered (".\n");
6922 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6923 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6924 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6925 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6927 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6928 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6929 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6930 breakpoint at address zero:
6938 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6940 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6942 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6945 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6946 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6949 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6950 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6952 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6953 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6955 /* Both of them must exist. */
6956 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6957 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6959 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6960 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6961 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6962 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6963 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6964 other watchpoint. */
6966 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6968 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6971 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6973 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6977 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6978 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6979 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6980 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6981 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6982 become hw_access locations later. */
6983 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6984 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6985 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6986 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6989 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6992 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6993 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6995 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6996 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7000 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7001 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7002 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7003 space doesn't really matter. */
7006 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7007 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7010 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7011 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7012 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7015 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7016 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7017 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7018 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7021 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7022 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7025 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7028 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7029 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7033 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7034 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7035 true, otherwise returns false. */
7038 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7039 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7041 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7042 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7043 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7044 different locations. */
7045 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7050 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7051 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7052 represent the same location. */
7055 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7056 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7058 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7060 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7061 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7062 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7064 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7065 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7067 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7070 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7071 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7072 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7074 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7075 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7076 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7077 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7081 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7082 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7084 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7085 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7089 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7090 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7092 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7093 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7095 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7098 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7099 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7100 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7101 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7104 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7105 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7107 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7109 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7112 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7113 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7114 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7115 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7116 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7118 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7119 have their addresses modified. */
7122 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7124 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7125 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7126 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7127 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7128 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7129 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7134 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7136 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7137 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7138 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7140 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7141 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7143 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7144 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7146 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7151 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7152 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7154 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7156 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7161 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7162 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7165 switch (owner
->type
)
7168 case bp_single_step
:
7172 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7173 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7175 case bp_exception_resume
:
7176 case bp_step_resume
:
7177 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7178 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7180 case bp_std_terminate
:
7181 case bp_shlib_event
:
7182 case bp_thread_event
:
7183 case bp_overlay_event
:
7185 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7186 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7187 case bp_exception_master
:
7188 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7189 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7191 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7192 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7194 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7195 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7196 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7198 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7199 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7200 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7201 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7206 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7207 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7208 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7211 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7217 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7219 static struct bp_location
*
7220 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7222 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7226 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7228 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7232 /* Increment reference count. */
7235 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7240 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7241 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7244 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7246 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7248 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7249 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7253 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7256 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7258 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7260 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7261 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7263 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7265 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7274 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7277 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7278 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7280 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7282 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7284 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7288 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7289 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7290 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7292 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7295 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7297 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7298 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7299 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7300 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7303 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7304 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7306 static struct breakpoint
*
7307 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7309 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7311 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7313 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7314 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7318 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7319 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7323 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7325 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7327 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7328 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7329 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7332 const char *function_name
;
7333 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7335 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7336 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7338 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7340 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7342 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7343 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7344 &loc
->requested_address
))
7346 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7347 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7348 loc
->requested_address
,
7351 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7352 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7354 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7355 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7356 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7357 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7359 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7364 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7368 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7370 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7373 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7375 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7380 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7381 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7382 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7384 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7385 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7386 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7389 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7390 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7391 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7393 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7395 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7397 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7398 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7400 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7401 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7403 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7404 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7407 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7408 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7409 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7410 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7411 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7412 is also returned as the value of this function.
7414 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7415 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7416 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7417 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7418 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7419 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7420 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7423 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7424 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7425 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7427 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7429 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7430 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7435 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7436 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7438 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7440 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7442 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7443 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7444 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7445 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7446 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7447 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7454 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7455 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7456 initiated the operation. */
7459 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7461 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7462 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7464 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7465 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7466 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7467 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7468 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7469 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7470 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7471 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7473 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7474 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7476 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7477 after their removal. */
7478 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7479 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7480 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7483 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7486 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7488 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7490 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7492 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7493 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7495 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7496 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7501 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7503 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7505 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7506 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7508 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7509 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7513 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7514 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7515 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7519 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7521 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7524 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7526 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7528 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7529 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7531 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7533 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7535 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7538 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7539 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7540 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7541 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7547 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7548 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7551 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7552 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7556 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7558 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7560 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7561 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7563 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7565 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7566 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7567 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7568 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7571 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7573 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7575 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7576 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7577 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7579 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7584 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7586 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7589 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7591 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7592 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7593 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7598 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7600 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7603 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7605 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7606 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7607 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7611 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7612 master breakpoint. */
7614 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7616 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7618 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7619 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7620 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7622 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7623 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7627 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7629 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7631 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7633 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7634 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7635 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7639 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7641 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7643 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7644 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7646 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7647 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7649 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7651 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7657 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7659 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7662 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7663 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7664 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7667 struct lang_and_radix
7673 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7676 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7678 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7680 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7681 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7682 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7686 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7689 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7691 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7693 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7694 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7695 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7696 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7700 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7702 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7705 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7706 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7707 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7710 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7713 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7715 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7717 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7718 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7719 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7720 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7723 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7724 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7725 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7727 static struct breakpoint
*
7728 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7729 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7731 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7733 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7734 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7735 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7740 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7742 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7745 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7748 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7750 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7752 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7754 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7755 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7757 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7763 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7764 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7767 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7769 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7771 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7773 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7774 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7776 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7777 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7778 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7779 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7780 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7781 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7782 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7783 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7784 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7785 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7786 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7787 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7790 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7795 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7796 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7797 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7800 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7802 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7803 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7805 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7806 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7807 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7808 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7809 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7810 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7813 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7815 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7816 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7818 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7819 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7820 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7821 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7822 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7823 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7824 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7825 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7826 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7828 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7829 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7830 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7831 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7834 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7835 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7837 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7839 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7840 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7841 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7844 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7849 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7850 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7851 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7854 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7856 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7858 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7861 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7862 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7863 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7864 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7865 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7866 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7867 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7868 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7869 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7870 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7872 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7873 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7878 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7879 int bp_modified
= 0;
7881 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7884 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7886 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7888 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7889 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7892 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7895 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7898 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7899 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7902 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7904 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7905 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7906 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7907 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7908 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7911 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7918 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7922 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7924 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7925 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7926 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7927 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7928 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7930 struct fork_catchpoint
7932 /* The base class. */
7933 struct breakpoint base
;
7935 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7936 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7937 catchpoint has triggered. */
7938 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7941 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7945 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7947 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7950 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7954 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7956 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7959 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7963 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7964 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7965 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7967 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7969 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7972 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7976 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7979 static enum print_stop_action
7980 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7982 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7983 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7984 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7986 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7987 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7988 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7990 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7991 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7993 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7994 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7995 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7997 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7998 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7999 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8000 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8001 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8004 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8008 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8010 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8011 struct value_print_options opts
;
8012 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8014 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8016 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8017 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8019 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8020 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8022 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8023 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8025 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8026 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8027 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8028 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8031 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8032 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8035 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8039 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8041 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8044 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8048 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8050 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8051 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8054 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8056 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8058 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8062 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8064 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8067 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8071 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8073 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8076 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8080 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8081 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8082 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8084 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8086 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8089 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8093 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8096 static enum print_stop_action
8097 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8099 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8100 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8101 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8103 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8104 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8105 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8107 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8108 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8110 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8111 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8112 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8114 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8115 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8116 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8117 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8118 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8121 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8125 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8127 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8128 struct value_print_options opts
;
8129 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8131 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8132 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8133 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8135 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8136 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8138 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8139 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8141 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8142 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8143 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8144 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8147 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8148 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8151 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8155 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8157 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8160 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8164 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8166 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8167 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8170 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8172 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8174 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8175 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8176 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8177 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8178 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8180 struct solib_catchpoint
8182 /* The base class. */
8183 struct breakpoint base
;
8185 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8186 unsigned char is_load
;
8188 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8189 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8195 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8197 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8200 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8201 xfree (self
->regex
);
8203 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8207 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8213 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8219 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8220 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8222 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8224 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8225 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8227 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8232 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8234 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8237 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8240 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8243 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8245 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8254 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8256 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8257 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8262 struct so_list
*iter
;
8265 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8270 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8279 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8284 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8290 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8293 static enum print_stop_action
8294 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8296 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8297 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8299 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8300 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8301 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8303 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8304 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8305 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8306 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8307 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8308 print_solib_event (1);
8309 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8313 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8315 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8316 struct value_print_options opts
;
8317 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8320 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8321 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8322 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8324 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8327 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8334 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8336 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8341 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8343 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8345 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8348 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8349 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8350 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8354 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8356 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8358 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8359 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8363 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8365 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8367 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8368 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8369 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8371 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8372 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8375 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8377 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8378 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8379 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8380 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8381 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8382 created in an enabled state. */
8385 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8387 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8388 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8389 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8393 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8395 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8396 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8402 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8405 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8407 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8408 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8410 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8413 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8414 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8415 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8417 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8419 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8420 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8423 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8427 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8428 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8431 const int enabled
= 1;
8433 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8435 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8439 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8440 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8442 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8446 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8447 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8449 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8452 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8453 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8454 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8455 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8458 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8459 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8461 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8463 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8466 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8468 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8470 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8471 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8475 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8477 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8478 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8479 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8480 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8483 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8486 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8490 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8491 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8492 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8494 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8496 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8498 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8500 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8503 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8505 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8506 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8507 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8508 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8509 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8511 struct exec_catchpoint
8513 /* The base class. */
8514 struct breakpoint base
;
8516 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8517 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8519 char *exec_pathname
;
8522 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8526 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8528 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8530 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8532 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8536 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8538 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8542 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8544 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8548 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8549 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8550 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8552 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8554 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8557 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8561 static enum print_stop_action
8562 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8564 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8565 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8566 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8568 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8569 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8570 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8572 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8573 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8575 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8576 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8577 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8579 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8580 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8581 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8582 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8584 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8588 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8590 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8591 struct value_print_options opts
;
8592 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8594 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8596 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8597 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8598 is relatively readable). */
8599 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8600 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8602 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8603 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8605 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8606 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8607 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8610 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8611 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8615 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8617 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8620 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8624 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8626 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8627 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8630 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8633 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8636 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8637 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8641 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8642 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8644 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8646 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8653 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8657 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8660 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8662 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8665 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8667 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8669 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8675 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8676 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8677 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8678 types _not_ TYPE. */
8681 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8682 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8685 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8687 *other_type_used
= 0;
8692 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8695 if (b
->type
== type
)
8696 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8697 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8698 *other_type_used
= 1;
8705 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8707 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8711 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8713 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8714 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8720 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8722 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8726 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8728 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8729 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8735 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8737 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8738 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8742 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8744 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8745 breakpoint_re_set ();
8748 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8751 static struct breakpoint
*
8752 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8754 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8756 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8757 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8759 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8760 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8763 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8765 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8770 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8771 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8775 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8776 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8778 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8780 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8782 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8784 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8785 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8786 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8787 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8789 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8790 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8792 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8793 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8795 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8800 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8801 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8802 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8804 static struct breakpoint
*
8805 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8807 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8810 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8812 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8813 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8814 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8816 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8817 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8818 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8819 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8820 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8821 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8822 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8823 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8824 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8825 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8826 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8827 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8829 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8830 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8831 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8833 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8837 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8841 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8843 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8847 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8851 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8854 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8856 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8858 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8859 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8861 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8865 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8868 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8870 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8871 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8873 printf_filtered ("\n");
8877 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8879 static struct bp_location
*
8880 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8881 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8883 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8884 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8885 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8887 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8888 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8890 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8891 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8892 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8893 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8894 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8895 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8896 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8899 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8900 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8901 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8902 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8907 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8908 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8909 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8910 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8911 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8912 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8913 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8914 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8915 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8916 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8918 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8919 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8921 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8931 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8934 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8938 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8939 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8940 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8944 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8946 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8950 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8952 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8953 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8954 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8955 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8957 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8958 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8961 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8966 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8967 return 0 otherwise. */
8970 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8972 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8975 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8977 /* bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations are usually memory locations
8978 where GDB just wrote a breakpoint instruction, making it look
8979 as if there is a permanent breakpoint at that location. Considering
8980 it permanent makes GDB rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop
8981 the program, thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint
8982 there. This is normally expected to work, except that some versions
8983 of QEMU (Eg: QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC) just report a fatal problem (Trap
8984 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state) instead of reporting
8985 a SIGTRAP. QEMU should probably be fixed, but in the interest of
8986 compatibility with versions that behave this way, we always consider
8987 bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations as non-permanent. */
8988 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_call_dummy
)
8991 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8992 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8994 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8996 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9001 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9002 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9005 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9007 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9008 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9013 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9015 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9017 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9019 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9021 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9022 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9024 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9025 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9026 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9028 if (!dprintf_function
)
9029 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9031 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9032 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9037 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9041 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9043 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9044 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9047 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9048 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9052 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9053 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9055 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9056 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9058 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9059 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9061 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9062 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9063 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9064 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9065 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9067 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9071 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9072 current style settings. */
9075 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9076 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9078 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9082 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9083 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9087 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9088 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9089 as condition expression. */
9092 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9093 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9094 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9096 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9097 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9098 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9099 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9100 int display_canonical
)
9104 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9106 int target_resources_ok
;
9108 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9109 target_resources_ok
=
9110 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9112 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9113 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9114 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9115 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9118 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9120 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9122 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9123 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9127 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9129 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9131 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9132 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9137 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9141 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9142 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9143 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9144 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9145 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9147 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9148 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9150 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9152 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9153 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9155 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9157 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9158 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9159 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9163 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9165 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9167 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9168 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9170 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9172 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9174 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9176 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9177 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9179 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9181 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9184 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9185 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9192 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9193 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9199 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9201 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9202 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9204 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9207 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9208 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9209 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9211 if (b
->extra_string
)
9212 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9214 error (_("Format string required"));
9216 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9217 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9220 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9222 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9224 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9227 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9232 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9233 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9234 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9236 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9237 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9238 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9239 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9240 int display_canonical
)
9242 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9243 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9245 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9247 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9249 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9253 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9255 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9257 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9259 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9261 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9263 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9265 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9267 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9270 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9271 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9272 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9273 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9274 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9275 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9276 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9277 we take just a single condition string.
9279 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9280 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9281 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9282 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9283 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9286 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9287 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9288 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9289 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9290 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9291 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9292 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9295 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9297 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9298 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9300 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9302 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9303 'break', without arguments. */
9304 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9305 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9307 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9308 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9310 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9311 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9314 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9316 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9317 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9318 canonical
->special_display
);
9319 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9323 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9324 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9325 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9326 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9328 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9329 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9332 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9333 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9335 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9337 if ((*address
) == NULL
|| linespec_lexer_lex_keyword (*address
))
9339 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9341 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9343 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9344 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9347 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9348 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9349 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9351 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9352 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9353 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9354 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9355 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9356 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9358 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9360 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9361 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9362 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9363 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9364 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9366 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9368 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9369 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9370 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9372 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9375 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9379 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9381 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9382 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9383 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9384 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9386 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9387 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9388 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9390 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9391 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9392 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9393 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9394 get_last_displayed_line (),
9395 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9397 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9398 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9403 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9404 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9407 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9411 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9412 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9415 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9416 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9417 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9418 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9419 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9423 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9424 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9427 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9429 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9431 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9433 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9435 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9437 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9438 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9439 associated with SAL. */
9442 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9444 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9447 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9448 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9450 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9454 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9456 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9457 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9459 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9462 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9463 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9464 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9465 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9466 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9467 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9470 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9471 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9474 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9481 const char *end_tok
;
9483 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9484 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9486 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9488 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9490 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9494 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9496 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9498 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9500 struct expression
*expr
;
9502 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9503 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9506 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9508 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9513 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9515 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9516 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9517 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9520 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9525 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9527 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9528 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9529 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9534 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9538 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9542 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9544 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9545 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9547 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9548 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9549 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9550 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9555 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9557 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9559 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9560 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9562 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9563 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9564 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9566 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9567 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9569 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9571 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9573 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9575 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9577 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9578 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9580 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9583 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9589 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9590 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9591 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9592 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9593 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9594 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9595 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9596 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9597 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9598 was created; false otherwise. */
9601 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9602 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9603 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9605 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9607 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9608 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9609 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9612 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9613 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9614 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9615 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9616 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9619 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9621 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9623 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9627 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9628 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9630 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9632 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9634 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9636 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9639 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9640 throw_exception (e
);
9642 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9644 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9645 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9646 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9647 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9648 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9651 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9652 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9653 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9654 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9656 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9658 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9659 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9660 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9661 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9662 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9664 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9668 throw_exception (e
);
9672 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9675 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9676 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9678 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9679 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9680 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9681 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9682 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9684 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9685 are ok for the target. */
9689 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9691 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9692 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9695 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9696 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9699 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9701 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9702 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9705 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9706 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9713 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9715 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9717 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9718 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9719 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9720 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9722 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9723 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9725 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9727 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9729 extra_string
= rest
;
9734 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9736 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9739 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9740 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9742 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9745 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9746 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9750 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9751 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9752 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9753 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9754 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9758 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9760 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9762 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9764 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9766 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9770 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9772 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9774 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9777 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9778 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9782 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9785 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9786 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9788 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9789 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9791 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9792 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9794 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9795 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9798 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9799 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9800 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9801 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9802 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9803 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9804 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9806 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9809 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9811 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9812 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9813 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9816 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9818 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9819 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9820 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9822 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9823 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9828 /* Set a breakpoint.
9829 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9830 condition, and thread.
9831 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9832 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9836 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9838 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9839 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9840 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9842 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9843 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9845 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9846 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9847 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9849 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9851 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9853 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9854 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9855 0 /* Ignore count */,
9856 pending_break_support
,
9864 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9867 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9871 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9873 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9874 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9875 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9878 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9879 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9880 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9881 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9884 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9886 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9887 const struct block
*b
;
9890 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9891 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9894 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9897 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9898 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9903 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9904 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9905 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9906 happen in assembly source). */
9908 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9909 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9911 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9913 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9915 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9917 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9924 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9926 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9930 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9932 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9936 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9938 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9942 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9944 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9948 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9950 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9951 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9952 stop at <line>\n"));
9956 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9960 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9962 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9967 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9968 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9969 function/method name. */
9970 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9972 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9977 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9979 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9983 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9985 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9989 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9993 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10000 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10001 it is probably a line number. */
10002 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10004 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10009 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10011 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10015 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10017 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10020 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10021 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10022 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10026 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10028 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10030 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10032 0 /* Ignore count */,
10033 pending_break_support
,
10034 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10042 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10044 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10047 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10048 ranged breakpoints. */
10051 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10052 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10054 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10056 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10057 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10060 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10061 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10064 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10065 ranged breakpoints. */
10068 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10070 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10073 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10074 ranged breakpoints. */
10076 static enum print_stop_action
10077 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10079 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10080 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10081 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10083 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10085 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10086 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10088 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10089 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10090 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10092 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10093 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10095 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10096 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10097 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10099 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10100 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10102 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10105 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10106 ranged breakpoints. */
10109 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10110 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10112 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10113 struct value_print_options opts
;
10114 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10116 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10117 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10119 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10121 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10122 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10123 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10124 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10125 annotate_field (5);
10126 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10130 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10131 ranged breakpoints. */
10134 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10135 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10137 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10138 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10139 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10140 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10144 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10145 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10147 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10148 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10149 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10150 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10151 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10152 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10154 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10157 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10158 ranged breakpoints. */
10161 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10163 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10164 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10167 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10169 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10172 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10173 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10174 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10177 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10178 ranged breakpoints. */
10181 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10183 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10184 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10185 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10188 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10190 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10192 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10193 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10194 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10195 last instruction of the given line. */
10198 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10202 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10203 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10204 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10211 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10213 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10215 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10222 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10225 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10227 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10228 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10229 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10231 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10232 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10233 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10234 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10236 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10237 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10238 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10240 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10241 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10242 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10244 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10245 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10247 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10248 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10249 error(_("No address range specified."));
10251 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10254 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10256 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10259 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10260 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10261 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10263 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10265 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10266 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10267 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10269 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10270 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10271 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10273 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10274 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10276 /* Parse the end location. */
10278 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10281 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10282 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10283 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10284 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10285 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10286 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10287 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10288 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10290 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10292 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10293 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10295 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10296 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10297 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10298 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10300 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10301 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10302 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10304 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10305 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10306 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10308 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10310 /* Length overflowed. */
10311 error (_("Address range too large."));
10312 else if (length
== 1)
10314 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10315 the `hbreak' command. */
10316 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10318 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10323 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10324 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10325 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10326 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10327 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10328 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10329 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10330 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10331 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10333 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10336 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10337 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10340 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10341 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10342 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10346 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10348 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10354 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10355 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10358 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10368 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10369 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10370 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10371 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10372 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10374 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10401 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10404 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10405 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10410 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10411 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10412 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10413 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10414 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10415 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10416 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10418 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10419 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10424 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10426 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10427 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10428 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10429 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10431 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10432 are always constant. */
10434 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10436 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10437 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10438 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10443 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10444 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10445 then it is not a constant. */
10454 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10457 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10459 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10461 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10463 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10464 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10465 value_free (w
->val
);
10467 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10470 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10473 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10475 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10477 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10478 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10480 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10481 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10482 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10483 are loaded and unloaded.
10485 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10486 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10487 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10488 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10489 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10490 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10492 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10493 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10494 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10495 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10497 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10498 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10500 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10501 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10502 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10505 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10508 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10510 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10511 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10513 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10517 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10520 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10522 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10523 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10525 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10530 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10531 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10532 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10534 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10535 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10537 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10538 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10539 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10540 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10541 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10542 (did not match the data address). */
10543 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10544 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10551 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10553 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10555 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10558 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10559 hardware watchpoints. */
10562 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10564 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10565 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10567 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10570 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10571 hardware watchpoints. */
10574 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10576 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10577 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10580 static enum print_stop_action
10581 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10583 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10584 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10585 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10586 enum print_stop_action result
;
10587 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10588 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10590 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10592 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10593 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10595 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10596 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10600 case bp_watchpoint
:
10601 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10602 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10603 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10604 ui_out_field_string
10606 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10608 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10609 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10610 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10611 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10612 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10613 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10614 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10615 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10616 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10617 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10620 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10621 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10622 ui_out_field_string
10624 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10626 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10627 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10628 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10629 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10630 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10631 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10634 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10635 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10637 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10638 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10639 ui_out_field_string
10641 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10643 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10644 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10645 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10646 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10647 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10652 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10653 ui_out_field_string
10655 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10656 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10657 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10659 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10660 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10661 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10662 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10665 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10668 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10672 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10676 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10678 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10679 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10680 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10684 case bp_watchpoint
:
10685 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10686 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10688 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10689 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10690 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10692 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10693 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10694 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10696 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10697 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10698 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10701 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10702 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10705 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10706 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10707 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10708 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10711 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10715 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10717 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10721 case bp_watchpoint
:
10722 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10723 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10725 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10728 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10729 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10732 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10733 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10736 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10737 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10740 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10744 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10746 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10747 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10748 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10754 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10756 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10758 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10759 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10762 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10764 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10766 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10767 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10770 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10771 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10774 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10776 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10778 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10779 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10782 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10783 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10786 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10788 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10790 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10793 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10794 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10797 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10802 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10803 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10805 static enum print_stop_action
10806 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10808 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10809 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10811 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10812 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10816 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10817 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10818 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10819 ui_out_field_string
10821 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10824 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10826 ui_out_field_string
10828 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10831 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10832 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10833 ui_out_field_string
10835 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10838 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10839 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10843 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10844 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10845 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10846 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10848 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10849 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10852 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10853 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10856 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10857 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10859 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10861 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10862 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10864 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10865 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10866 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10869 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10870 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10873 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10875 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10876 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10877 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10881 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10882 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10883 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10885 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10886 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10887 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10889 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10890 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10891 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10894 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10895 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10898 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10899 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10900 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10901 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10904 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10905 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10908 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10910 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10915 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10916 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10918 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10921 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10925 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10926 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10929 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10930 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10931 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10934 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10936 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10938 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10941 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10943 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10946 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10947 hw_read: watch read,
10948 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10950 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10951 int just_location
, int internal
)
10953 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10954 struct expression
*exp
;
10955 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10956 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10957 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10958 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10959 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10960 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10961 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10963 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10964 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10965 enum bptype bp_type
;
10968 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10969 the hardware watchpoint. */
10971 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10972 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10974 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10976 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10977 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10979 const char *value_start
;
10981 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10983 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10984 of the arguments string. */
10985 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10987 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10988 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10991 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10992 This is the value of the parameter. */
10993 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10995 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10997 /* Skip whitespace. */
10998 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11003 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11004 This is the parameter itself. */
11005 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11008 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11010 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11012 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11013 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11014 only in a specific thread. */
11018 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11020 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11021 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11023 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11025 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11026 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11028 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11029 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11030 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11032 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11034 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11035 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11037 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11040 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11042 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11044 mark
= value_mark ();
11045 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11046 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11047 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11050 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11053 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11054 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11061 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11062 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11064 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11065 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11066 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11067 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11068 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11070 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11071 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11073 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11076 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11077 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11081 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11082 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11084 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11087 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11088 mark
= value_mark ();
11089 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11091 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11093 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11094 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11101 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11102 val
= value_addr (result
);
11103 release_value (val
);
11104 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11108 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11111 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11112 else if (ret
== -2)
11113 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11116 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11117 release_value (val
);
11119 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11120 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11122 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11123 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11125 struct expression
*cond
;
11127 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11128 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11129 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11131 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11132 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11133 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11139 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11141 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11143 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11144 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11145 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11146 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11147 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11149 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11152 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11153 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11154 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11155 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11157 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11159 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11160 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11162 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11163 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11165 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11166 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11167 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11168 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11169 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11170 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11171 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11172 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11173 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11177 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11178 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11179 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11180 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11182 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11183 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11184 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11185 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11187 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11189 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11192 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11193 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11195 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11196 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11197 b
->thread
= thread
;
11198 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11199 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11201 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11202 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11205 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11206 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11209 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11210 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11212 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11213 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11216 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11217 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11219 /* The above expression is in C. */
11220 b
->language
= language_c
;
11223 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11227 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11232 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11233 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11238 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11240 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11244 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11245 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11249 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11250 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11253 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11255 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11256 need to act on them together. */
11257 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11258 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11261 if (!just_location
)
11262 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11266 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11267 that should be inserted. */
11268 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11270 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11272 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11273 throw_exception (e
);
11277 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11278 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11281 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11282 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11285 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11287 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11288 struct value
*head
= v
;
11290 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11291 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11294 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11295 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11296 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11297 hardware watchpoint.
11299 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11300 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11301 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11302 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11303 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11304 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11305 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11306 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11307 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11309 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11310 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11311 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11312 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11313 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11315 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11317 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11318 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11319 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11320 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11321 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11322 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11326 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11327 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11328 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11330 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11331 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11332 middle of some value chain. */
11334 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11335 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11337 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11341 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11342 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11343 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11345 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11349 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11353 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11354 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11355 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11356 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11357 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11360 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11361 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11362 return found_memory_cnt
;
11366 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11368 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11371 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11372 calls watch_command_1. */
11375 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11377 int just_location
= 0;
11380 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11381 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11383 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11387 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11391 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11393 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11397 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11399 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11403 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11405 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11409 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11411 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11415 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11417 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11421 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11422 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11424 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11426 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11427 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11431 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11432 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11433 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11436 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11438 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11440 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11441 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11442 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11443 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11447 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11449 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11450 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11451 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11452 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11453 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11454 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11455 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11456 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11457 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11459 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11461 clear_proceed_status (0);
11463 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11466 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11467 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11468 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11469 get_last_displayed_line ());
11471 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11472 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11474 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11475 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11477 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11478 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11481 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11483 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11485 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11488 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11490 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11491 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11492 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11495 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11496 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11497 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11498 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11500 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11503 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11505 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11507 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11508 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11509 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11513 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11515 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11516 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11519 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11523 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11524 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11525 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11526 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11528 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11529 only at the very same frame. */
11530 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11531 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11532 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11534 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11536 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11537 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11538 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11539 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11541 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11543 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11544 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11546 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11547 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11548 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11550 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11551 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11552 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11556 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11559 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11560 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11562 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11563 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11564 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11565 if clause in the arg string. */
11568 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11572 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11575 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11578 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11579 condition string. */
11580 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11581 cond_string
= *arg
;
11583 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11585 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11587 return cond_string
;
11590 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11591 process start/exit, etc. */
11595 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11596 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11601 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11602 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11604 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11605 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11606 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11609 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11610 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11611 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11615 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11617 /* The allowed syntax is:
11619 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11621 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11622 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11624 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11625 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11627 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11628 and enable reporting of such events. */
11631 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11632 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11633 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11634 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11636 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11637 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11638 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11639 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11642 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11648 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11649 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11651 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11652 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11654 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11656 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11660 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11662 /* The allowed syntax is:
11664 catch exec if <cond>
11666 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11667 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11669 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11670 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11672 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11673 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11674 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11675 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11677 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11681 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11682 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11683 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11685 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11692 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11694 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11696 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11697 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11698 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11699 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11700 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11701 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11702 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11703 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11704 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11705 enough for now, though. */
11708 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11710 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11711 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11712 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11713 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11717 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11719 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11724 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11726 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11729 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11732 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11734 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11735 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11736 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11737 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11739 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11741 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11744 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11748 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11751 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11754 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11756 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11757 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11760 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11761 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11763 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11767 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11768 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11769 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11770 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11775 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11776 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11777 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11778 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11780 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11781 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11782 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11783 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11784 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11785 error (_("No source file specified."));
11787 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11793 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11794 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11795 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11796 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11798 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11799 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11800 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11801 due to optimization, all in one block.
11803 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11804 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11805 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11806 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11807 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11808 to support that. */
11810 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11811 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11812 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11816 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11817 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11819 const char *sal_fullname
;
11821 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11822 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11823 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11826 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11831 1 0 <can't happen> */
11833 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11834 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11835 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11837 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11841 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11842 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11844 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11845 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11847 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11848 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11849 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11851 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11852 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11853 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11854 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11855 int line_match
= 0;
11857 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11858 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11859 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11860 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11861 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11862 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11863 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11866 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11875 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11879 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11880 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11883 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11885 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11888 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11889 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11890 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11891 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11892 compare_breakpoints
);
11893 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11894 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11898 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11903 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11904 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11907 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11908 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11910 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11913 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11916 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11917 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11920 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11922 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11925 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11926 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11927 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11930 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11932 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11934 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11935 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11936 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11938 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11940 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11942 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11943 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11947 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11948 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11949 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11950 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11951 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11952 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11955 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11957 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11958 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11960 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11961 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11963 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11964 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11967 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11968 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11969 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11971 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11972 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11973 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11975 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11976 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11977 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11979 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11980 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11981 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11983 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11986 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11987 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11988 content of the bp_location array. */
11991 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11993 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11995 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11996 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11998 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12000 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12002 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12005 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12006 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12008 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12009 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12010 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12011 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12013 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12015 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12016 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12017 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12018 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12022 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12025 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12027 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12028 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12030 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12033 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12035 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12037 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12038 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12039 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12041 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12042 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12043 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12046 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12048 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12049 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12050 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12051 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12054 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12056 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12059 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12061 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12062 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12063 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12064 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12067 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12070 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12073 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12075 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12076 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12077 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12078 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12080 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12081 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12082 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12083 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12084 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12086 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12087 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12088 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12089 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12090 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12091 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12092 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12093 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12096 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12097 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12098 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12102 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12104 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12105 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12106 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12109 address
= bl
->address
;
12110 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12112 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12113 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12114 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12116 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12117 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12120 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12121 the same program space as the location
12122 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12123 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12124 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12128 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12129 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12132 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12133 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12134 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12135 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12136 that have already been marked. */
12137 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12139 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12141 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12143 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12144 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12148 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12149 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12150 locations are duplicate of which.
12152 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12153 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12157 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12159 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12160 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12161 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12162 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12163 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12164 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12165 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12167 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12168 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12169 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12170 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12171 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12173 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12174 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12175 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12176 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12178 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12179 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12180 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12181 unsigned old_location_count
;
12183 old_location
= bp_location
;
12184 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12185 bp_location
= NULL
;
12186 bp_location_count
= 0;
12187 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12189 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12190 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12191 bp_location_count
++;
12193 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12194 locp
= bp_location
;
12195 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12196 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12198 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12199 bp_location_compare
);
12201 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12203 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12204 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12205 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12206 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12207 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12210 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12211 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12213 locp
= bp_location
;
12214 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12217 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12218 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12220 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12221 not, we have to free it. */
12222 int found_object
= 0;
12223 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12224 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12227 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12228 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12229 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12230 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12234 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12235 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12238 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12239 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12240 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12242 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12243 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12244 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12246 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12247 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12250 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12254 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12255 have to go through updates again. */
12256 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12258 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12260 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12262 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12263 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12264 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12265 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12266 at certain location is not inserted. */
12268 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12270 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12273 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12275 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12276 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12277 keep_in_target
= 1;
12281 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12282 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12283 remove its target-side condition. */
12285 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12286 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12287 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12288 this one from the target. */
12290 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12291 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12294 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12295 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12298 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12300 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12302 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12303 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12304 supported, but the latter are. */
12305 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12307 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12308 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12311 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12312 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12314 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12315 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12317 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12318 keep_in_target
= 1;
12326 if (!keep_in_target
)
12328 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12330 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12331 this location on the global list, and try to
12332 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12333 reason why we will succeed next time.
12335 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12336 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12337 only after calling us. */
12338 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12339 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12340 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12348 if (removed
&& non_stop
12349 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12351 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12352 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12353 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12354 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12355 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12356 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12357 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12358 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12359 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12360 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12361 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12362 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12363 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12364 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12367 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12368 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12370 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12371 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12372 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12373 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12374 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12375 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12376 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12377 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12378 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12379 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12380 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12381 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12382 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12385 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12386 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12387 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12388 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12390 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12391 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12392 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12393 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12394 traps we can no longer explain. */
12396 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12397 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12399 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12403 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12404 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12409 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12410 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12411 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12412 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12413 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12414 are sorted first for the same address.
12416 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12417 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12419 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12420 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12421 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12422 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12423 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12425 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12427 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12430 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12431 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12432 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12433 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12434 `struct bp_location'. */
12435 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12437 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12438 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12442 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12443 if (loc
->permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12444 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12445 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12446 "actually inserted"));
12448 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12449 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12450 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12451 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12452 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12453 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12455 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12457 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12458 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12459 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12461 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12462 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12464 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12466 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12467 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12468 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12474 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12475 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12476 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12478 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12479 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12481 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12482 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12484 if (loc
->inserted
&& !loc
->permanent
12485 && (*loc_first_p
)->permanent
)
12486 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12487 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12488 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12491 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12493 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12494 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12497 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12498 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12499 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12500 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12501 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12503 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12507 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12508 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12510 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12514 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12516 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12519 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12520 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12522 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12523 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12529 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12534 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12536 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12542 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12545 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12549 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12550 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12552 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12553 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12554 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12558 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12560 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12562 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12564 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12568 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12572 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12574 struct value_print_options opts
;
12576 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12578 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12580 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12582 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12586 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12588 printf_filtered (" at ");
12589 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12592 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12594 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12596 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12597 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12598 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12599 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12601 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12602 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12603 real situation somewhat. */
12604 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12609 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12611 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12613 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12618 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12621 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12623 xfree (self
->cond
);
12624 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12625 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12626 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12628 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12629 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12632 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12637 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12641 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12643 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12644 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12645 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12646 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12647 xfree (self
->filter
);
12648 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12651 static struct bp_location
*
12652 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12654 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12656 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12657 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12662 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12664 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12667 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12668 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12671 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12673 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12677 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12679 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12683 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12684 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12686 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12688 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12692 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12697 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12701 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12703 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12706 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12710 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12712 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12715 static enum print_stop_action
12716 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12718 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12722 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12723 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12729 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12731 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12735 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12737 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12741 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12742 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12743 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12747 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12751 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12752 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12754 char *extra_string
,
12755 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12756 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12758 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12759 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12760 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12761 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12763 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12767 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12768 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12770 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12773 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12776 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12781 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12784 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12786 /* Nothing to do. */
12789 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12791 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12792 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12793 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12794 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12795 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12796 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12797 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12798 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12799 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12800 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12802 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12803 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12804 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12805 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12806 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12807 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12808 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12809 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12812 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12815 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12817 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12818 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12820 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12821 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12825 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12829 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12831 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12832 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12834 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12838 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12840 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12841 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12843 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12847 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12848 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12849 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12851 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12852 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12855 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12859 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12860 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12861 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12868 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12869 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12870 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12872 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12873 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12875 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12876 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12877 be set at the same address. */
12881 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12885 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12887 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12892 static enum print_stop_action
12893 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12895 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12896 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12898 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12900 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12902 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12903 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12905 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12906 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12907 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12910 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12912 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12914 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12915 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12917 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12918 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12919 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12921 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12922 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12924 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12928 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12930 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12935 case bp_breakpoint
:
12936 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12937 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12938 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12940 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12941 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12942 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12943 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12945 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12946 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12949 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12957 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12959 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12960 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12961 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12962 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12963 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12964 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12965 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12966 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12967 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12969 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12970 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12972 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12973 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12977 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12978 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12979 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12980 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12982 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12983 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12987 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12988 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12990 char *extra_string
,
12991 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12992 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12994 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12995 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12996 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12997 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12999 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13000 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13002 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13003 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13004 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13008 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13009 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13011 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13014 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13017 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13021 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13022 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13023 case bp_overlay_event
:
13024 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13025 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13026 case bp_exception_master
:
13027 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13030 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13031 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13032 case bp_shlib_event
:
13034 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13035 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13036 case bp_thread_event
:
13042 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13044 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13046 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13047 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13048 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13049 objects (among other things). */
13050 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13051 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13057 static enum print_stop_action
13058 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13060 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13062 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13066 case bp_shlib_event
:
13067 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13068 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13069 to shlib event" message.) */
13070 print_solib_event (0);
13073 case bp_thread_event
:
13074 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13075 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13076 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13079 case bp_overlay_event
:
13080 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13081 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13084 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13085 /* These should never be enabled. */
13086 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13089 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13090 /* These should never be enabled. */
13091 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13092 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13095 case bp_exception_master
:
13096 /* These should never be enabled. */
13097 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13098 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13102 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13106 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13108 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13111 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13114 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13116 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13117 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13118 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13119 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13123 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13125 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13128 static enum print_stop_action
13129 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13131 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13133 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13135 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13140 ui_out_field_string
13142 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13146 ui_out_field_string
13148 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13153 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13157 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13159 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13162 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13164 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13165 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13168 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13170 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13173 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13175 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13178 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13181 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13183 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13187 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13189 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13190 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13199 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13201 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13202 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13203 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13207 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13211 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13212 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13213 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13214 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13216 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13218 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13220 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13221 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13223 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13227 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13228 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13230 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13232 error (_("probe not found"));
13235 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13238 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13240 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13244 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13245 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13246 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13248 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13254 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13255 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13257 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13258 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13260 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13262 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13263 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13264 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13265 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13270 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13272 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13277 case bp_tracepoint
:
13278 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13279 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13281 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13282 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13283 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13285 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13286 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13287 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13290 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13291 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13298 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13300 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13302 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13303 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13304 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13305 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13306 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13307 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13309 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13310 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13312 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13313 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13315 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13316 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13320 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13321 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13322 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13323 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13325 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13326 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13330 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13331 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13333 char *extra_string
,
13334 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13335 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13337 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13338 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13339 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13340 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13342 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13343 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13345 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13346 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13347 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13351 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13352 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13354 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13357 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13359 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13363 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13364 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13365 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13366 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13368 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13369 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13370 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13374 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13375 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13377 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13378 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13381 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13383 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13386 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13388 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13390 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13391 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13392 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13393 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13395 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13396 error (_("Format string required"));
13398 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13399 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13400 3 - disconnect from target 1
13401 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13403 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13404 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13405 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13406 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13407 it all the time. */
13408 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13409 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13412 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13415 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13417 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13419 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13422 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13425 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13426 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13427 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13428 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13429 address are all handled. */
13432 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13434 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13435 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13436 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13438 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13439 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13440 condition not be evaluated. */
13443 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13444 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13445 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13446 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13447 commands here throws. */
13448 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13449 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13450 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13452 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13454 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13455 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13457 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13460 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13464 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13465 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13466 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13467 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13469 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13471 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13473 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13475 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13476 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13477 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13481 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13482 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13484 char *extra_string
,
13485 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13486 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13488 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13489 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13490 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13491 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13494 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13495 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13497 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13498 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13499 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13500 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13501 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13502 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13504 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13506 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13507 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13508 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13511 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13512 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13514 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13515 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13517 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13518 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13520 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13521 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13522 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13523 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13524 canonical
->special_display
);
13525 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13526 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13527 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13528 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13529 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13530 corresponds to this one */
13531 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13533 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13535 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13540 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13541 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13543 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13545 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13546 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13548 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13552 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13555 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13558 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13560 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13563 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13567 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13569 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13571 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13573 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13574 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13577 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13578 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13579 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13580 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13581 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13584 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13585 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13586 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13587 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13589 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13592 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13593 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13594 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13596 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13597 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13599 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13600 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13601 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13602 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13606 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13608 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13609 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13610 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13611 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13612 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13615 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13616 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13617 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13618 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13620 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13622 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13623 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13625 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13626 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13628 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13632 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13634 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13635 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13636 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13637 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13638 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13639 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13640 commands won't work. */
13642 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13644 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13645 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13646 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13647 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13648 might be better design to have location completely
13649 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13650 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13652 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13653 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13654 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13655 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13660 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13662 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13666 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13668 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13671 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13672 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13675 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13676 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13680 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13685 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13687 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13688 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13690 if (next
== related
)
13692 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13693 function (related
, data
);
13695 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13696 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13701 function (related
, data
);
13705 while (related
!= b
);
13709 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13711 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13714 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13715 delete_breakpoint. */
13718 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13720 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13724 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13726 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13732 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13734 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13735 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13736 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13737 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13738 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13740 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13744 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13746 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13748 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13749 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13750 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13754 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13758 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13760 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13761 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13762 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13767 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13768 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13769 Null names are ignored. */
13772 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13774 struct bp_location
*l
;
13775 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13776 (int (*) (const void *,
13777 const void *)) streq
,
13778 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13780 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13783 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13785 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13789 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13791 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13795 htab_delete (htab
);
13801 htab_delete (htab
);
13805 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13806 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13807 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13808 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13809 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13810 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13811 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13812 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13815 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13816 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13817 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13818 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13819 in the sources, and output a warning.
13821 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13822 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13823 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13824 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13825 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13828 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13829 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13830 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13831 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13832 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13833 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13834 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13835 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13836 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13838 static struct symtab_and_line
13839 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13841 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13842 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13847 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13849 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13851 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13852 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13854 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13856 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13857 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13858 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13863 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13865 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13867 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13868 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13870 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13873 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13875 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13877 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13878 struct symbol
*sym
;
13879 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13880 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13882 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13884 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13885 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13887 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13888 "found at previous line number"),
13889 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13893 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13895 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13896 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13897 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13900 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13901 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13902 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13904 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13905 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13906 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13908 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13910 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13912 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13915 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13916 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13918 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13919 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13921 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13922 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13923 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13924 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13926 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13929 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13935 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13936 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13939 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13943 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13946 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13949 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13956 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13962 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13963 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13964 a ranged breakpoint. */
13967 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13968 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13969 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13972 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13974 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13976 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13978 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13979 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13980 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13981 "multiple locations found\n"),
13986 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13987 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13988 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13989 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13990 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13991 individual locations. */
13992 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13997 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13999 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14001 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14003 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14005 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14007 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14011 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14014 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14015 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14018 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14020 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14021 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14022 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14023 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14028 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14030 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14032 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14036 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14039 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14040 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14041 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14042 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14043 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14044 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14045 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14047 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14049 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14051 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14052 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14054 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14055 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14063 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14064 if (l
->function_name
14065 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14075 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14076 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14078 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14081 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14082 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14084 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14085 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14088 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14089 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14091 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14096 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14098 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14100 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14104 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14105 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14106 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14107 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14108 state, then user already saw the message about that
14109 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14111 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14112 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14113 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14114 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14115 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14116 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14118 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14120 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14121 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14122 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14123 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14124 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14125 which approach is better. */
14126 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14127 throw_exception (e
);
14132 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14136 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14137 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14138 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14140 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14143 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14144 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14147 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14148 b
->thread
= thread
;
14151 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14152 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14155 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14156 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14166 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14167 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14171 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14174 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14175 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14176 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14178 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14181 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14185 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14187 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14190 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14191 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14195 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14198 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14199 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14202 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14203 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14204 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14205 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14207 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14210 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14211 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14215 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14216 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14218 char *extra_string
,
14219 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14220 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14222 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14223 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14224 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14225 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14227 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14229 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14230 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14231 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14234 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14235 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14238 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14239 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14241 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14243 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14244 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14245 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14246 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14249 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14250 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14252 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14254 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14256 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14257 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14258 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14260 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14263 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14266 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14268 static struct cleanup
*
14269 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14271 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14273 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14274 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14275 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14276 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14277 set_language (b
->language
);
14282 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14283 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14284 Unused in this case. */
14287 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14289 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14290 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14291 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14293 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14294 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14295 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14299 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14301 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14303 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14304 enum language save_language
;
14305 int save_input_radix
;
14306 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14308 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14309 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14310 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14312 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14314 /* Format possible error msg. */
14315 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14317 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14318 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14319 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14321 set_language (save_language
);
14322 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14324 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14326 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14328 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14329 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14330 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14331 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14334 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14336 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14337 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14339 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14341 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14343 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14344 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14346 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14347 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14348 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14350 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14354 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14355 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14356 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14359 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14361 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14367 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14369 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14371 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14372 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14377 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14381 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14382 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14384 else if (count
== 1)
14385 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14388 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14389 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14392 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14396 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14399 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14402 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14408 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14410 num
= get_number (&p
);
14412 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14414 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14416 set_ignore_count (num
,
14417 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14420 printf_filtered ("\n");
14423 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14424 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14427 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14432 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14434 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14436 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14437 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14439 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14441 while (!state
.finished
)
14443 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14447 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14450 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14454 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14455 if (b
->number
== num
)
14458 function (b
, data
);
14462 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14467 static struct bp_location
*
14468 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14470 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14474 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14475 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14480 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14482 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14484 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14485 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14490 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14491 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14494 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14496 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14500 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14503 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14509 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14510 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14511 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14514 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14516 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14517 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14518 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14519 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14522 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14524 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14525 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14527 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14528 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14530 struct bp_location
*location
;
14532 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14533 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14536 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14538 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14541 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14544 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14546 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14549 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14550 disable_breakpoint. */
14553 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14555 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14559 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14563 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14566 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14567 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14571 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14575 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14577 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14584 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14586 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14587 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14588 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14589 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14591 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14594 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14595 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14601 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14604 int target_resources_ok
;
14606 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14609 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14610 target_resources_ok
=
14611 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14613 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14614 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14615 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14616 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14619 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14621 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14622 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14626 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14628 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14629 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14630 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14632 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14634 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14635 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14642 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14644 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14645 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14647 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14648 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14650 struct bp_location
*location
;
14652 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14653 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14656 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14657 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14658 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14660 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14665 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14667 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14671 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14673 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14676 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14677 enable_breakpoint. */
14680 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14682 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14685 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14686 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14687 in stopping the inferior. */
14690 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14694 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14696 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14697 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14698 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14702 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14706 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14708 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14715 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14717 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14718 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14719 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14720 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14722 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14725 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14726 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14731 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14741 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14743 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14745 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14749 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14751 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14753 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14757 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14759 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14763 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14765 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14767 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14771 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14776 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14778 count
= get_number (&args
);
14780 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14784 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14786 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14788 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14792 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14794 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14798 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14803 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14807 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14808 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14812 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14813 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14814 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14816 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14818 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14819 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14820 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14822 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14824 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14826 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14828 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14829 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14830 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14831 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14833 value_free (wp
->val
);
14841 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14844 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14845 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14848 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14849 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14850 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14852 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14854 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14855 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
14858 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14860 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14861 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14862 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14864 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14867 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14870 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14871 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14874 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14876 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14878 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14884 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14888 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14891 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14893 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14895 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14896 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14902 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14904 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14906 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14908 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14909 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14913 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14915 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14916 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
14918 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
14919 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14921 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14923 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14925 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14927 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14928 0 /* Ignore count */,
14929 pending_break_support
,
14933 0 /* internal */, 0);
14937 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14939 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14941 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14943 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14944 0 /* Ignore count */,
14945 pending_break_support
,
14946 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14949 0 /* internal */, 0);
14952 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14955 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14957 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14959 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14960 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14961 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14962 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14964 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14966 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14968 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14970 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14971 0 /* Ignore count */,
14972 pending_break_support
,
14976 0 /* internal */, 0);
14979 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14980 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14982 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14983 static int next_cmd
;
14986 read_uploaded_action (void)
14990 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
14997 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14998 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14999 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15000 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15001 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15003 struct tracepoint
*
15004 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15006 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15007 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15009 if (utp
->at_string
)
15010 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15013 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15014 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15015 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15017 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15018 "source location, using raw address"),
15020 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15021 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15024 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15025 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15026 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15027 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15030 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15032 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15033 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15035 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15036 0 /* Ignore count */,
15037 pending_break_support
,
15038 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15040 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15042 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15045 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15046 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15047 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15051 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15054 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15057 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15058 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15059 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15061 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15063 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15068 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15070 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15072 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15073 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15074 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15075 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15078 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15079 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15080 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15085 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15089 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15091 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15094 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15096 if (num_printed
== 0)
15098 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15099 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15101 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15104 default_collect_info ();
15107 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15108 Not supported by all targets. */
15110 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15112 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15115 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15116 Not supported by all targets. */
15118 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15120 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15123 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15125 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15127 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15133 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15135 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15136 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15137 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15139 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15140 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15142 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15146 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15148 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15150 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15151 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15152 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15156 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15159 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15162 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15164 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15165 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15167 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15168 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15171 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15173 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15174 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15175 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15178 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15180 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15181 unsigned int count
;
15183 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15184 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15185 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15187 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15189 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15190 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15192 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15194 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15196 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15198 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15200 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15201 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15204 else if (*args
== '\0')
15206 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15208 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15212 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15214 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15215 while (!state
.finished
)
15217 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15219 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15224 struct tracepoint
*
15225 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15227 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15229 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15230 if (t
->number
== num
)
15231 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15236 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15237 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15240 struct tracepoint
*
15241 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15243 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15245 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15247 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15249 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15256 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15257 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15258 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15259 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15261 struct tracepoint
*
15262 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15263 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15265 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15267 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15271 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15272 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15274 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15275 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15277 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15281 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15282 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15285 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15289 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15290 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15292 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15295 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15300 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15302 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15303 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15306 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15311 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15312 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15313 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15317 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15318 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15320 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15322 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15323 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15324 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15326 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15327 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15329 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15330 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15332 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15333 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15336 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15337 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15342 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15344 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15346 /* We can stop searching. */
15353 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15357 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15358 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15359 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15361 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15362 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15363 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15365 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15366 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15368 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15370 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15371 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15374 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15375 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15378 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15380 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15381 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15384 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15385 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15387 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15388 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15390 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15392 struct gdb_exception exception
;
15394 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15396 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15399 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15401 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15403 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15404 throw_exception (ex
);
15408 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15409 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15412 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15413 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15415 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15416 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15417 special, and not user visible. */
15418 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15420 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15423 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15429 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15430 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15433 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15434 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15437 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15440 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15442 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15445 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15448 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15450 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15453 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15455 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15456 all_tracepoints (void)
15458 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15459 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15461 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15463 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15470 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15471 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15472 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15474 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15475 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15476 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15477 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15478 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15479 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15480 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15481 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15482 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15483 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15484 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15485 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15487 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15488 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15490 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15491 conditions are different.\n\
15493 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15495 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15496 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15498 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15499 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15502 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15503 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15504 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15505 void *user_data_catch
,
15506 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15508 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15510 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15512 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15513 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15514 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15516 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15518 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15519 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15520 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15524 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15526 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15527 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15528 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15531 struct breakpoint
*
15532 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15535 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15537 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15539 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15546 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15547 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15550 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15552 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15553 non-inline function. */
15554 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15560 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15561 have been inlined. */
15564 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15565 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15567 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15568 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15572 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15575 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15577 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15578 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15586 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15589 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15591 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15593 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15594 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15595 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15599 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15601 static int initialized
= 0;
15603 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15609 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15610 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15611 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15612 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15613 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15614 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15615 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15616 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15617 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15618 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15619 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15620 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15622 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15623 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15624 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15625 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15626 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15627 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15628 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15629 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15631 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15632 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15633 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15634 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15635 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15636 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15637 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15638 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15639 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15640 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15642 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15643 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15644 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15645 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15646 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15647 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15648 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15650 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15651 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15652 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15653 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15654 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15655 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15656 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15658 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15659 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15660 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15661 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15663 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15664 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15665 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15666 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15667 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15668 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15669 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15672 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15673 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15674 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15675 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15676 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15677 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15678 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15679 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15680 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15681 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15682 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15683 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15684 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15685 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15687 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15688 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15689 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15690 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15691 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15692 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15693 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15694 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15695 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15696 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15697 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15700 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15701 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15702 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15703 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15704 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15705 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15706 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15707 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15708 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15709 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15711 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15712 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15713 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15714 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15715 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15717 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15718 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15719 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15720 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15721 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15722 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15724 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15725 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15726 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15727 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15728 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15729 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15730 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15731 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15732 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15733 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15735 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15736 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15737 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15738 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15739 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15740 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15741 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15742 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15743 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15744 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15746 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15747 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15748 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15749 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15750 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15751 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15752 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15753 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15754 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15755 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15756 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15758 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15759 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15760 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15761 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15762 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15763 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15764 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15765 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15766 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15767 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15768 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15769 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15771 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15772 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15773 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15774 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15775 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15776 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15777 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15778 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15779 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15782 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15784 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15787 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15789 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15791 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15793 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15794 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15795 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15797 breakpoint_objfile_key
15798 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15800 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15801 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15802 before a breakpoint is set. */
15803 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15805 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15807 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15808 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15809 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15811 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15812 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15813 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15814 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15815 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15816 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15817 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15818 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15820 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15821 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15822 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15823 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15824 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15826 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15827 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15828 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15829 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15830 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15832 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15833 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15835 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15836 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15837 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15838 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15840 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15841 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15843 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15844 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15845 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15846 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15848 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15849 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15851 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15852 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15853 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15854 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15855 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15856 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15857 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15859 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15861 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15862 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15863 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15864 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15865 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15866 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15868 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15869 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15870 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15873 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15874 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15875 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15878 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15879 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15880 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15881 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15884 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15885 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15886 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15889 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15890 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15891 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15894 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15895 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15896 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15897 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15900 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15901 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15902 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15903 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15904 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15905 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15906 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15907 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15909 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15910 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15911 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15912 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15913 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15914 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15917 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15918 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15919 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15920 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15922 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15923 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15924 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15925 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15926 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15928 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15929 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15930 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15931 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15932 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15935 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15936 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
15937 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15938 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
15939 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
15940 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
15942 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15943 is executing in.\n\
15945 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15946 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15948 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15949 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
15950 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15951 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15953 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15954 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15955 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15956 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15960 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15961 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15962 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15963 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15964 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15965 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15966 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15967 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
15968 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15969 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15970 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15971 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15972 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15973 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15974 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15975 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15977 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15978 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15979 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15980 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15981 breakpoint set."));
15984 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
15985 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15986 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15987 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15988 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15989 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15990 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15991 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15992 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15994 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15995 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15996 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15997 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15998 breakpoint set."));
16000 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16002 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16003 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16004 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16005 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16006 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16007 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16008 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16009 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16010 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16011 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16012 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16013 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16014 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16016 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16017 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16018 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16019 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16021 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16023 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16024 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16025 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16026 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16028 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16029 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16030 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16031 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16033 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16034 catch_fork_command_1
,
16036 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16037 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16038 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16039 catch_fork_command_1
,
16041 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16042 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16043 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16044 catch_exec_command_1
,
16048 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16049 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16050 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16051 catch_load_command_1
,
16055 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16056 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16057 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16058 catch_unload_command_1
,
16063 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16064 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16065 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16066 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16067 an expression changes.\n\
16068 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16069 the memory to which it refers."));
16070 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16072 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16073 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16074 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16075 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16076 an expression is read.\n\
16077 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16078 the memory to which it refers."));
16079 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16081 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16082 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16083 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16084 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16085 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16086 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16087 the memory to which it refers."));
16088 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16090 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16091 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16093 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16094 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16095 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16096 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16097 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16098 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16099 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16100 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16101 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16104 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16105 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16107 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16109 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16111 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16112 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16114 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16115 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16116 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16118 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16119 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16120 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16121 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16123 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16124 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16126 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16127 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16128 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16130 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16131 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16133 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16134 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16135 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16136 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16137 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16138 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16139 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16140 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16141 the selected stack frame.\n\
16142 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16143 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16144 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16145 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16147 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16149 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16150 conditions are different.\n\
16152 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16153 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16154 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16156 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16157 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16158 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16159 last tracepoint set."));
16161 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16163 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16164 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16165 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16166 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16168 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16170 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16171 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16172 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16173 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16175 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16177 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16178 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16179 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16180 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16182 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16184 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16185 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16186 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16187 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16188 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16190 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16191 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16192 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16193 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16195 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16196 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16197 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16198 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16199 session to restore them."),
16201 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16203 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16204 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16205 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16207 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16209 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16210 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16212 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16213 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16214 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16215 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16216 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16217 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16218 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16219 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16220 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16221 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16222 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16223 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16225 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16226 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16227 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16228 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16229 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16230 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16231 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16232 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16234 show_pending_break_support
,
16235 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16236 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16238 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16240 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16241 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16242 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16243 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16244 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16245 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16246 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16248 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16249 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16250 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16252 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16253 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16254 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16255 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16256 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16257 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16258 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16259 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16260 when execution stops."),
16262 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16263 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16264 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16266 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16267 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16268 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16269 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16270 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16271 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16272 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16273 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16274 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16275 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16276 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16277 be set to \"gdb\""),
16278 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16279 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16280 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16281 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16283 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16284 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16285 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16286 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16287 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16288 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16289 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16290 or the start of the range\n\
16291 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16292 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16293 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16295 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16296 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16297 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16299 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16300 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16301 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16302 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16303 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16304 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16305 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16307 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16308 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16309 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16310 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16311 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16312 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16313 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16314 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16315 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16316 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16317 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16318 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16320 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16321 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16322 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16323 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16324 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16325 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16326 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16328 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16329 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16330 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16331 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16332 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16333 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16334 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16336 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16337 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16338 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16339 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16340 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16341 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16344 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16346 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16347 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16348 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16350 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16352 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16353 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);